1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "common/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "common/array-view.h"
86 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
89 enum exception_event_kind
96 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
98 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
99 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
104 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
105 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
106 enum bptype type_wanted
);
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
109 struct linespec_result
*,
110 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
113 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
118 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
119 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
120 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
122 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
123 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
127 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
130 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
131 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
135 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
136 struct symtab_and_line
,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
146 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
148 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
152 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
153 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
154 struct obj_section
*, int);
156 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
157 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
159 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
160 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
164 const address_space
*,
167 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
168 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
170 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
176 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
178 int *other_type_used
);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
183 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
184 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
185 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
187 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
189 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
190 insert locations now. */
191 enum ugll_insert_mode
193 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
194 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
195 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
196 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
197 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
198 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
199 returns true on them.
201 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
202 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
203 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
204 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
205 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
206 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
210 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
211 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
214 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
215 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
216 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
217 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
218 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
219 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
220 as no thread is running yet. */
224 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
228 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
230 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
232 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
234 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
236 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
238 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
240 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
243 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
246 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
247 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
258 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
260 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
263 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
264 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
266 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
267 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
268 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
269 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
270 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
271 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
273 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
274 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
275 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
276 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
282 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
284 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
285 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
286 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
287 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
289 static char *dprintf_function
;
291 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
292 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
293 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
294 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
295 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
296 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
297 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
299 static char *dprintf_channel
;
301 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
303 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
305 struct command_line
*
306 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
308 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
311 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
312 current breakpoint. */
314 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
317 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
319 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
320 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
322 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
324 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
327 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
328 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
329 if such is available. */
330 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
333 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
334 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
337 fprintf_filtered (file
,
338 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
339 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
343 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
345 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
346 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
347 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
349 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
350 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
353 fprintf_filtered (file
,
354 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
355 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
359 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
360 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
361 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
362 use hardware breakpoints. */
363 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
365 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
366 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
369 fprintf_filtered (file
,
370 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
374 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
375 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
376 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
377 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
378 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
379 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
380 processing user input. */
381 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
387 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
394 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
396 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
398 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
399 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
400 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
403 else if (target_has_execution
)
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
944 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
950 /* We're completing the expression part. */
951 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
952 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
955 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
958 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
960 struct breakpoint
*b
;
965 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
968 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
970 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
973 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
975 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
976 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
977 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
978 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
979 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
983 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
984 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
985 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
987 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
989 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
990 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
995 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
998 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
999 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1000 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1003 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1005 struct command_line
*c
;
1007 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1009 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1010 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1011 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1013 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1014 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1016 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1017 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1018 command directly. */
1019 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1020 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1022 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1023 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1029 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1032 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1035 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1037 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1038 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1039 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1043 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1045 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1049 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1051 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1054 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1057 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1058 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1062 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1063 b
= new tracepoint ();
1064 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1065 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1067 b
= new breakpoint ();
1069 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1072 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1073 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1077 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1078 struct command_line
*commands
)
1080 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1082 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1083 struct command_line
*c
;
1084 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1086 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1087 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1091 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1092 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1093 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1094 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1095 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1096 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1097 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1098 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1099 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1100 tracepoint's context. */
1101 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1103 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1105 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1106 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1107 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1108 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1109 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1110 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1114 "can be used only once"));
1119 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1123 struct command_line
*c2
;
1125 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1126 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1127 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1129 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1130 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1136 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1140 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1141 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1143 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1144 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1147 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1153 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1154 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1155 found
.push_back (b
);
1161 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1162 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1165 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1166 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1168 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1170 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1171 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1174 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1175 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1179 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1181 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1184 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1185 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1188 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1189 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1192 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1194 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1197 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1198 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1201 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1202 breakpoint work for any task. */
1205 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1207 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1210 if (old_task
!= task
)
1211 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1215 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1216 struct command_line
*control
)
1218 counted_command_line cmd
;
1219 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1220 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1221 list of command by just typing "end". */
1222 bool cmd_read
= false;
1224 std::string new_arg
;
1226 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1228 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1229 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1231 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1232 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1233 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1236 map_breakpoint_numbers
1237 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1241 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1242 if (control
!= NULL
)
1243 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1253 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1255 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1257 validator
= do_validate
;
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1264 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1266 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1268 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1270 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1276 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1278 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1281 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1282 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1284 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1285 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1286 enum command_control_type
1287 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1289 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1290 return simple_control
;
1293 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1296 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1298 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1302 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1303 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1308 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1309 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1312 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1313 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1314 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1317 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1318 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1319 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1320 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1321 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1323 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1324 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1328 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1329 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1331 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1335 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1337 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1338 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1340 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1342 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1347 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1349 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1354 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1355 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1357 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1358 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1359 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1363 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1365 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1366 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1369 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1371 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1372 shadow_contents buffer. */
1373 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1374 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1375 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1377 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1379 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1380 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1384 const unsigned char *bp
;
1385 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1388 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1389 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1390 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1392 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1394 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1396 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1397 breakpoint's INSN. */
1398 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1402 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1403 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1405 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1406 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1407 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1409 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1410 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1411 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1412 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1413 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1414 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1415 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1416 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1418 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1421 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1422 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1423 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1425 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1427 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1429 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1430 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1431 report higher one. */
1434 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1435 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1437 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1439 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1440 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1442 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1443 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1444 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1445 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1447 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1448 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1449 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1451 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1453 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1460 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1461 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1462 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1463 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1464 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1467 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1469 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1470 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1471 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1474 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1477 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1479 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1481 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1483 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1484 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1485 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1488 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1491 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1492 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1493 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1496 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1499 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1500 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1506 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1510 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1512 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1513 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1514 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1517 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1520 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1522 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1523 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1524 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1527 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1531 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1533 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1534 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1537 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1538 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1539 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1540 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1541 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1542 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1543 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1544 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1547 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1549 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1550 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1551 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1552 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1555 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1556 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1559 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1561 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1563 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1564 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1565 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1566 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1567 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1569 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1572 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1575 static struct value
*
1576 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1578 struct value
*bit_val
;
1583 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1585 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1588 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1595 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1596 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1597 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1598 to be able to report stops. */
1601 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1602 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1604 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1606 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1607 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1608 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1609 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1612 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1613 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1616 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1618 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1620 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1621 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1622 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1625 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1626 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1627 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1628 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1630 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1632 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1633 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1636 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1637 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1638 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1639 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1640 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1641 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1642 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1643 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1645 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1646 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1647 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1648 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1649 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1650 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1651 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1652 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1655 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1656 hardware watchpoints:
1658 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1659 called several times when GDB stops.
1662 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1663 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1664 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1665 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1666 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1667 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1668 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1669 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1670 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1671 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1672 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1674 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1675 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1678 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1680 int within_current_scope
;
1681 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1684 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1685 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1686 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1687 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1690 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1695 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1696 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1697 within_current_scope
= 1;
1700 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1701 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1704 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1705 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1706 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1707 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1708 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1711 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1712 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1713 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1714 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1717 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1719 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1720 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1721 if (within_current_scope
)
1725 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1726 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1727 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1730 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1735 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1736 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1737 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1738 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1739 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1740 be completely different objects. */
1744 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1745 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1746 locations (re)created below. */
1747 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1749 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1752 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1756 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1757 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1758 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1759 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1760 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1761 if (!target_has_execution
)
1763 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1764 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1765 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1766 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1768 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1769 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1771 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1772 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1775 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1778 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1779 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1780 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1782 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1784 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1785 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1786 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1787 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1788 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1790 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1792 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1793 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1794 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1798 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1800 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1801 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1802 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1806 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1807 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1808 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1809 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1810 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1811 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1812 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1814 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1816 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1817 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1818 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1820 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1821 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1824 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1825 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1826 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1828 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1830 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1832 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1833 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1835 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1837 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1838 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1839 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1840 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1841 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1844 addr
= value_address (v
);
1847 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1852 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1854 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1857 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1858 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1861 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1863 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1864 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1868 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1869 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1872 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1874 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1879 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1880 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1881 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1886 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1887 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1889 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1893 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1896 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1897 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1898 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1900 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1901 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1902 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1903 this watchpoint in as well. */
1905 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1906 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1907 hardware watchpoint type. */
1909 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1910 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1912 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1913 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1914 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1915 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1919 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1921 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1922 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1925 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1926 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1928 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1930 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1931 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1932 "hardware watchpoint."));
1933 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1935 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1937 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1938 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1942 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1943 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1944 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1949 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1951 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1952 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1953 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1955 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1956 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1961 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1963 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1964 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1967 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1968 above left it without any location set up. But,
1969 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1970 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1971 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1972 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1974 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1997 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2000 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2003 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2020 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2021 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2022 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2024 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2025 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2026 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2028 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2029 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2030 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2031 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2032 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2033 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2034 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2035 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2036 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2040 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2041 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2042 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2043 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2048 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2049 instruction that triggered one. */
2050 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2051 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2055 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2056 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2057 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2058 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2067 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2068 that the location is not duplicated. */
2071 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2074 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2077 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2078 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2082 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2083 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2084 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2085 any error during parsing. */
2087 static agent_expr_up
2088 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2093 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2095 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2096 that may show up. */
2099 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2102 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2104 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2105 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2106 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2122 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2124 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2125 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2198 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2199 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2218 const char *cmdrest
;
2219 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2229 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2231 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2236 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2238 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2240 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2250 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2255 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2260 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2261 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2274 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2275 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2277 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2284 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2288 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2289 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2290 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2293 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2295 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2296 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2297 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2298 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2300 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2301 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2303 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2306 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2307 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2310 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2311 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2312 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2314 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2317 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2318 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2319 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2323 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2324 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2325 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2326 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2327 response back to GDB. */
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2335 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2336 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2337 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2338 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2340 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2341 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2344 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2345 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2346 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2348 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2354 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2356 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2361 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2362 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2364 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2366 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2369 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2374 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2375 for this location's address. */
2376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2379 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2380 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2381 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2382 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2385 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2386 to send the commands to the target. */
2387 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2391 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2392 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2393 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2394 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2397 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2398 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2399 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2403 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2405 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2407 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2408 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2410 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2412 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2416 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2419 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2420 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2421 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2422 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2425 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2426 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2428 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2429 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2430 int *disabled_breaks
,
2431 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2432 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2434 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2436 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2439 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2440 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2441 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2442 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2443 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2444 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2445 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2446 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2447 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2448 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2449 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2450 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2452 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2453 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2454 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2455 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2457 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2459 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2460 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2461 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2462 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2465 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2466 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2468 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2470 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2471 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2472 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2474 Two important cases are:
2475 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2476 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2477 hardware breakpoint.
2478 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2479 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2480 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2483 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2484 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2485 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2486 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2488 struct mem_region
*mr
2489 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2493 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2495 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2497 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2498 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2500 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2502 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2504 static int said
= 0;
2506 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2509 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2510 _("Note: automatically using "
2511 "hardware breakpoints for "
2512 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2517 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2518 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2520 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2521 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2522 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2523 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2525 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2531 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2532 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2533 || bl
->section
== NULL
2534 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2536 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2541 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2543 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2545 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2547 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2552 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2553 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2554 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2556 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2557 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2558 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2559 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2560 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2564 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2566 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2567 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2568 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2570 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2575 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2576 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2577 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2578 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2579 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2582 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2584 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2586 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2589 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2590 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2591 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2592 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2596 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2597 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2599 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2608 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2610 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2615 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2616 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2621 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2623 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2625 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2626 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2627 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2628 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2629 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2630 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2631 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2632 errors as memory errors. */
2633 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2634 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2635 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2636 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2637 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2638 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2641 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2642 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2643 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2644 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2646 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2647 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2650 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2651 "library breakpoints:\n");
2653 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2655 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2662 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2663 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2664 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2665 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2667 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2668 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2669 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2674 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2677 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2678 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2680 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2681 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2683 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2687 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2688 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2703 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2704 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2705 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2706 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2710 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2711 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2713 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2715 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2716 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2717 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2719 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2721 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2722 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2724 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2726 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2727 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2731 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2732 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2739 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2740 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2743 /* Back to the original value. */
2744 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2748 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2751 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2755 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2756 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2758 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2761 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2765 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2766 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2768 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2771 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2773 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2774 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2775 so just return success. */
2782 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2783 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2787 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2789 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2790 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2792 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2795 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2799 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2800 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2801 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2803 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2805 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2807 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2808 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2809 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2811 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2812 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2814 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2820 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2821 removed locations above. */
2822 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2825 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2826 Throws exception on any error.
2827 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2828 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2830 insert_breakpoints (void)
2832 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2834 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2835 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2837 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2839 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2842 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2843 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2844 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2848 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2851 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2853 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2857 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2861 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2862 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2863 always-inserted mode. */
2866 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2868 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2871 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2872 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2873 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2875 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2877 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2878 there was an error. */
2879 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2881 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2885 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2887 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2890 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2891 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2892 deletion of breakpoints. */
2893 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2896 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2898 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2899 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2900 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2901 insert breakpoints. */
2902 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2903 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2906 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2907 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2914 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2915 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2919 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2922 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2924 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2925 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2928 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2929 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2930 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2932 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2934 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2935 there was an error. */
2936 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2938 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2942 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2945 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2946 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2947 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2948 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2949 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2952 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2954 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2955 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2956 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2957 insert breakpoints. */
2958 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2959 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2962 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2963 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2968 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2969 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2972 int some_failed
= 0;
2973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2975 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2978 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2981 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2984 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2985 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2992 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2994 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2996 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2997 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2998 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3006 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3007 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3008 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3010 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3011 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3013 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3014 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3018 /* Used when the program stops.
3019 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3020 removing a breakpoint location. */
3023 remove_breakpoints (void)
3025 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3028 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3030 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3031 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3036 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3040 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3042 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3046 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3048 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3050 printf_filtered (_("\
3051 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3052 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3054 /* Hide it from the user. */
3060 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3063 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3065 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3070 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3073 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3075 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3083 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3085 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3086 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3087 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3088 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3089 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3090 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3092 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3095 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3098 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3099 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3103 static struct breakpoint
*
3104 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3105 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3106 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3108 symtab_and_line sal
;
3110 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3111 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3113 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3114 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3115 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3120 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3122 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3124 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3126 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3127 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3129 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3130 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3132 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3133 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3135 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3136 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3138 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3140 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3142 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3143 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3145 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3146 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3148 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3149 int exception_searched
= 0;
3151 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3153 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3156 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3157 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3159 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3160 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3162 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3165 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3167 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3170 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3171 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3173 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3174 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3176 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3178 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3179 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3180 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3181 return bp_objfile_data
;
3185 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3187 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3189 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3194 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3196 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3198 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3201 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3203 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3205 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3206 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3208 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3209 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3212 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3215 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3216 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3218 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3219 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3220 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3221 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3223 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3225 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3226 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3230 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3231 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3237 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3239 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3241 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3243 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3245 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3247 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3250 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3251 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3253 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3255 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3257 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3259 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3260 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3264 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3267 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3269 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3270 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3274 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3275 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3278 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3280 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3284 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3285 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3287 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3288 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3289 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3295 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3298 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3301 const char *func_name
;
3303 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3305 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3308 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3309 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3311 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3313 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3314 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3316 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3317 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3320 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3323 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3324 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3325 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3326 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3327 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3328 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3329 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3335 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3337 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3339 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3340 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3342 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3344 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3348 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3350 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3353 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3354 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3356 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3358 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3361 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3363 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3365 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3366 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3367 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3369 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3370 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3373 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3376 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3377 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3378 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3379 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3380 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3381 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3382 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3383 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3388 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3391 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3393 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3395 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3397 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3398 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3399 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3401 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3403 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3405 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3406 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3408 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3409 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3413 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3416 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3418 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3419 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3423 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3424 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3427 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3429 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3431 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3433 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3434 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3435 bp_exception_master
,
3436 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3437 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3438 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3444 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3446 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3449 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3451 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3453 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3455 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3456 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3458 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3462 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3465 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3466 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3467 current_top_target ());
3468 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3469 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3470 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3471 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3472 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3473 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3477 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3480 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3482 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3486 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3488 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3489 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3491 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3492 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3493 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3494 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3495 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3496 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3497 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3498 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3500 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3501 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3505 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3508 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3509 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3511 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3515 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3516 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3518 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3522 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3523 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3524 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3525 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3526 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3532 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3533 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3535 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3539 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3540 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3542 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3546 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3548 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3549 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3550 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3552 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3556 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3558 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3559 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3560 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3561 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3565 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3566 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3567 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3568 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3569 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3570 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3572 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3573 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3574 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3575 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3576 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3577 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3578 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3580 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3581 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3582 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3583 let finish_command delete it.
3585 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3586 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3587 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3588 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3589 solib breakpoints.) */
3591 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3596 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3597 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3599 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3601 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3608 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3610 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3612 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3613 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3615 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3616 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3618 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3619 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3622 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3625 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3626 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3627 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3628 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3629 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3630 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3631 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3635 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3641 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3642 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3643 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3644 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3645 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3648 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3653 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3655 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3656 This should not ever happen. */
3657 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3659 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3660 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3662 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3663 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3664 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3666 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3667 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3668 || bl
->section
== NULL
3669 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3671 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3673 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3674 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3675 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3676 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3677 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3678 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3679 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3680 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3681 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3682 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3683 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3684 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3685 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3686 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3687 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3688 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3689 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3690 they should always be removed. */
3691 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3692 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3693 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3696 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3700 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3701 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3702 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3704 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3705 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3707 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3708 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3709 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3710 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3711 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3713 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3714 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3717 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3718 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3721 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3722 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3723 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3724 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3726 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3727 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3728 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3729 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3730 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3731 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3737 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3742 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3743 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3744 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3745 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3746 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3747 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3748 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3749 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3750 always-inserted mode. */
3752 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3753 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3754 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3755 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3761 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3763 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3765 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3766 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3768 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3769 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3771 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3772 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3773 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3776 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3777 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3780 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3781 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3783 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3787 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3794 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3796 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3797 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3799 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3800 This should not ever happen. */
3801 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3803 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3805 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3807 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3810 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3813 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3815 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3818 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3822 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3823 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3825 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3828 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3829 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3830 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3835 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3837 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3838 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3840 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3842 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3845 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3849 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3855 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3857 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3858 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3861 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3863 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3865 case bp_shlib_event
:
3867 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3868 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3869 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3870 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3871 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3873 (gdb) file prog-linux
3874 (gdb) run # native linux target
3877 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3878 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3881 case bp_step_resume
:
3883 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3885 case bp_single_step
:
3887 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3889 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3893 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3894 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3895 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3897 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3899 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3900 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3904 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3905 valid. New ones will be created in
3906 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3907 The next update_global_location_list call will
3908 garbage collect them. */
3911 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3913 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3914 insert_breakpoints. */
3915 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3926 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3927 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3928 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3929 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3932 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3933 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3934 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3935 match, not program space. */
3937 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3938 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3939 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3940 permanent breakpoint.
3941 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3942 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3943 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3944 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3945 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3947 enum breakpoint_here
3948 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3951 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3955 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3956 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3959 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3960 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3962 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3964 if (overlay_debugging
3965 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3966 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3967 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3968 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3969 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3971 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3975 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3978 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3981 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3982 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3984 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3988 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3989 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3992 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3994 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3997 if (overlay_debugging
3998 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3999 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4001 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4012 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4015 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4017 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4018 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4024 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4028 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4029 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4032 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4035 if (overlay_debugging
4036 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4037 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4038 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4048 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4050 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4054 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4056 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4060 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4066 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4070 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4073 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4075 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4077 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4079 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4082 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4089 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4092 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4095 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4099 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4101 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4104 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4112 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4113 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4115 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4119 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4121 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4122 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4125 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4128 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4129 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4133 /* Check for intersection. */
4134 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4135 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4144 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4148 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4150 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4153 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4156 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4158 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4159 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4162 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4163 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4166 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4183 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4185 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4186 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4187 commands (other
.commands
),
4188 print (other
.print
),
4190 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4192 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4193 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4194 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4197 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4198 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4201 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4205 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4210 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4212 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4215 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4225 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4228 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4233 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4235 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4241 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4244 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4246 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4248 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4250 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4252 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4257 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4266 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4267 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4268 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4269 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4271 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4272 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4274 Return 1 otherwise. */
4277 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4279 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4282 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4284 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4285 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4286 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4287 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4288 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4290 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4292 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4296 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4299 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4303 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4306 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4307 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4309 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4310 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4314 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4317 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4319 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4321 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4323 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4324 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4325 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4326 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4327 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4331 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4334 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4335 or its equivalent. */
4338 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4340 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4343 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4344 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4345 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4346 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4348 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4349 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4350 bpstat of the current thread. */
4353 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4358 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4360 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4363 scoped_restore save_executing
4364 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4366 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4368 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4371 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4372 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4374 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4376 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4378 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4379 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4380 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4381 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4382 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4383 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4384 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4385 the tree when we're done. */
4386 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4387 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4390 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4392 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4398 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4400 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4406 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4408 if (current_ui
->async
)
4409 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4410 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4411 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4414 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4415 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4416 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4417 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4418 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4419 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4420 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4421 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4422 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4423 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4424 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4425 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4426 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4434 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4435 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4437 static thread_info
*
4438 get_bpstat_thread ()
4440 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4443 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4444 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4450 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4452 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4455 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4456 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4458 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4459 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4460 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4461 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4462 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4466 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4469 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4472 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4475 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4478 struct value_print_options opts
;
4479 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4480 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4484 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4485 debugging multiple threads. */
4488 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4490 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4495 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4498 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4500 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4501 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4503 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4506 uiout
->text (" \"");
4507 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4511 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4515 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4516 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4517 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4518 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4521 static enum print_stop_action
4522 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4524 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4527 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4528 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4532 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4533 relevant messages. */
4534 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4537 case print_it_normal
:
4539 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4541 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4542 which has since been deleted. */
4544 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4546 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4547 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4552 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4553 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4558 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4561 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4563 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4564 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4568 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4569 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4571 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4572 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4575 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4576 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4577 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4581 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4582 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4583 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4585 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4588 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4589 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4590 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4596 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4597 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4599 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4602 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4604 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4605 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4610 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4611 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4612 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4613 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4614 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4615 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4616 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4619 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4620 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4621 code to print the location. An example is
4622 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4624 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4625 to also print the location part of the message.
4626 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4627 don't require a location appended to the end.
4628 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4629 further info to be printed. */
4631 enum print_stop_action
4632 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4634 enum print_stop_action val
;
4636 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4637 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4638 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4639 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4640 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4642 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4643 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4644 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4645 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4649 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4650 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4651 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4652 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4654 print_solib_event (0);
4655 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4658 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4659 with and nothing was printed. */
4660 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4663 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4666 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4668 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4669 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4671 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4675 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4677 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4679 bp_location_at (bl
),
4680 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4684 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4686 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4687 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4688 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4693 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4694 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4698 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4702 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4703 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4706 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4708 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4710 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4712 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4714 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4715 as not triggered. */
4717 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4719 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4721 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4727 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4729 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4730 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4734 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4736 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4742 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4743 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4747 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4749 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4750 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4752 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4753 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4755 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4757 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4758 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4760 if (newaddr
== start
)
4762 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4766 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4767 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4771 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4780 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4781 enum wp_check_result
4783 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4786 /* The value has changed. */
4787 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4789 /* The value has not changed. */
4790 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4792 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4796 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4797 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4799 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4802 static wp_check_result
4803 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4805 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4806 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4807 int within_current_scope
;
4809 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4810 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4811 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4813 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4814 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4815 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4816 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4819 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4820 within_current_scope
= 1;
4823 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4824 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4825 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4827 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4828 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4829 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4830 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4831 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4832 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4833 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4834 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4835 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4836 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4839 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4840 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4842 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4843 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4844 if (within_current_scope
)
4846 struct symbol
*function
;
4848 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4849 if (function
== NULL
4850 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4851 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4852 within_current_scope
= 0;
4855 if (within_current_scope
)
4856 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4857 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4862 if (within_current_scope
)
4864 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4865 time before we return to the command level and call
4866 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4867 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4871 struct value
*new_val
;
4873 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4874 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4875 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4876 a mask watchpoint. */
4877 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4879 mark
= value_mark ();
4880 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4882 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4883 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4885 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4886 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4887 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4888 not what we want. */
4889 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4890 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4893 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4894 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4896 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4897 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4898 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4902 /* Nothing changed. */
4903 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4904 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4909 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4910 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4911 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4912 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4913 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4914 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4915 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4916 the first value assigned). */
4917 /* We print all the stop information in
4918 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4919 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4920 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4923 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4925 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4927 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4929 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4930 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4931 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4932 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4933 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4936 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4938 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4944 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4945 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4946 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4949 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4950 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4951 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4953 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4955 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4956 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4958 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4961 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4962 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4965 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4967 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4968 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4970 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4971 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4972 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4973 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4974 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4977 int must_check_value
= 0;
4979 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4980 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4982 must_check_value
= 1;
4983 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4984 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4985 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4987 must_check_value
= 1;
4988 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4989 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4990 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4991 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4992 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4993 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4994 must_check_value
= 1;
4996 if (must_check_value
)
5002 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5004 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5006 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5007 "Error evaluating expression "
5008 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5011 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5013 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5016 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5023 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5024 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5028 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5031 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5032 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5034 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5036 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5037 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5038 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5039 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5040 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5041 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5042 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5045 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5046 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5049 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5050 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5051 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5052 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5054 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5055 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5056 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5059 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5060 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5061 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5062 changes. This still gives false positives when
5063 the program writes the same value to memory as
5064 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5065 it for a read), but it's much better than
5068 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5070 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5072 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5075 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5076 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5078 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5079 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5081 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5082 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5084 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5090 if (other_write_watchpoint
5091 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5093 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5094 and the value changed since the last time we
5095 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5102 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5103 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5104 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5106 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5107 the value hasn't changed. */
5108 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5118 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5120 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5121 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5122 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5123 anything for this watchpoint. */
5124 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5130 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5131 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5132 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5133 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5136 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5138 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5139 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5141 bool condition_result
= true;
5142 struct expression
*cond
;
5144 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5146 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5147 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5148 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5149 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5150 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5152 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5153 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5154 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5156 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5157 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5163 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5164 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5166 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5167 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5173 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5175 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5177 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5179 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5181 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5184 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5186 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5188 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5189 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5191 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5192 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5193 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5194 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5196 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5198 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5199 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5203 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5204 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5205 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5206 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5207 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5209 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5210 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5213 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5215 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5216 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5217 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5218 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5219 really matter which instantiation of the function
5220 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5221 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5222 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5223 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5224 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5225 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5226 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5227 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5229 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5231 select_frame (frame
);
5233 within_current_scope
= 0;
5235 if (within_current_scope
)
5239 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5241 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5243 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5244 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5249 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5250 "in the current scope"));
5251 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5252 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5254 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5255 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5258 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5262 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5266 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5268 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5272 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5273 on the current target. */
5276 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5278 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5279 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5280 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5281 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5284 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5287 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5288 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5290 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5291 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5295 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5298 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5300 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5301 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5302 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5303 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5304 checked all locations already. */
5305 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5308 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5311 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5314 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5317 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5320 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5321 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5322 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5326 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5327 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5328 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5330 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5332 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5334 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5339 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5340 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5341 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5343 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5345 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5346 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5348 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5349 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5352 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5360 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5363 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5364 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5365 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5368 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5369 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5370 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5372 int need_remove_insert
;
5375 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5376 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5377 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5378 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5379 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5380 inferior function calls. */
5381 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5382 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5384 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5385 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5386 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5388 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5390 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5392 handle_solib_event ();
5397 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5398 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5399 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5403 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5408 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5409 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5412 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5417 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5419 /* We will stop here. */
5420 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5422 --(b
->enable_count
);
5423 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5424 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5429 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5430 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5431 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5434 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5439 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5441 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5442 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5445 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5446 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5447 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5449 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5450 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5451 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5453 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5454 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5456 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5458 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5459 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5462 if (need_remove_insert
)
5463 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5464 else if (removed_any
)
5465 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5471 handle_jit_event (void)
5473 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5474 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5477 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5479 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5480 breakpoint_re_set. */
5481 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5483 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5484 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5486 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5488 target_terminal::inferior ();
5491 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5493 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5496 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5498 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5501 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5502 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5503 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5505 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5507 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5508 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5509 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5512 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5514 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5515 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5519 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5526 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5527 case bp_single_step
:
5530 case bp_shlib_event
:
5534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5536 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5542 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5543 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5544 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5548 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5550 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5554 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5555 This requires no further action. */
5559 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5563 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5564 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5567 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5569 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5570 case bp_exception_resume
:
5573 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5574 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5577 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5579 case bp_step_resume
:
5581 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5584 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5585 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5588 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5590 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5593 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5594 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5597 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5598 case bp_thread_event
:
5599 case bp_overlay_event
:
5600 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5601 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5602 case bp_exception_master
:
5603 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5609 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5615 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5616 This requires no further action. */
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5624 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5625 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5626 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5628 case bp_std_terminate
:
5629 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5630 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5631 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5632 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5635 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5636 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5637 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5638 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5640 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5641 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5643 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5644 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5645 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5647 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5648 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5649 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5650 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5655 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5657 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5661 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5662 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5665 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5672 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5676 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5678 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5685 handle_jit_event ();
5687 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5688 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5690 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5691 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5697 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5698 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5699 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5702 bpstat_should_step (void)
5704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5707 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5713 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5715 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5724 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5725 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5726 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5729 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5731 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5732 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5736 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5738 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5740 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5741 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5742 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5747 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5753 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5754 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5756 "host": Host evals condition.
5757 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5758 "target": Target evals condition.
5762 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5764 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5765 char host_evals
= 0;
5766 char target_evals
= 0;
5771 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5776 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5778 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5780 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5786 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5787 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5788 else if (target_evals
)
5789 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5791 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5794 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5795 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5798 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5800 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5803 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5804 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5805 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5807 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5808 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5810 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5813 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5816 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5817 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5819 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5821 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5823 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5827 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5829 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5830 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5831 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5833 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5837 uiout
->text ("in ");
5838 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
5839 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
5841 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5842 uiout
->text ("at ");
5844 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5845 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5846 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5849 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5850 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5852 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5858 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5860 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5864 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5865 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5866 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5867 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5868 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5869 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5871 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5875 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5879 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5880 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5881 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5884 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5885 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5891 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5893 struct ep_type_description
5896 const char *description
;
5898 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5900 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5901 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5902 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5903 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5904 {bp_until
, "until"},
5905 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5906 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5907 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5908 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5909 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5910 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5911 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5912 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5913 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5914 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5915 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5916 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5917 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5918 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5919 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5920 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5921 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5922 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5923 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5924 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5925 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5926 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5927 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5928 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5929 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5930 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5931 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5932 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5933 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5936 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5937 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5938 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5939 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5942 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5945 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5946 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5949 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5950 const char *field_name
,
5951 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5954 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5956 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5957 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5958 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5961 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5963 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5969 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5970 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5975 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5979 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5984 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5987 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5988 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5990 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5993 struct command_line
*l
;
5994 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5996 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5997 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5998 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5999 struct value_print_options opts
;
6001 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6003 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6004 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6005 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6008 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6009 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6017 if (part_of_multiple
)
6018 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6020 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6024 if (part_of_multiple
)
6025 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6027 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6031 if (part_of_multiple
)
6032 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6034 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6038 if (part_of_multiple
)
6039 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6041 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6044 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6046 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6047 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6048 make sure there's just one location. */
6049 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6050 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6056 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6057 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6061 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6062 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6063 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6065 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6067 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6068 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6069 is relatively readable). */
6070 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6071 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6073 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6078 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6079 case bp_single_step
:
6083 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6084 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6086 case bp_exception_resume
:
6087 case bp_step_resume
:
6088 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6089 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6091 case bp_std_terminate
:
6092 case bp_shlib_event
:
6093 case bp_thread_event
:
6094 case bp_overlay_event
:
6095 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6096 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6097 case bp_exception_master
:
6099 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6100 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6104 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6105 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6108 if (header_of_multiple
)
6109 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6110 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6111 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6113 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6114 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6117 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6118 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6125 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6127 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6130 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6132 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6133 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6136 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6137 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6139 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6140 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6141 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6142 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6143 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6144 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6146 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6149 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6151 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6153 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6154 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6155 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6156 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6158 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6160 uiout
->text (" task ");
6161 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6167 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6168 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6170 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6173 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6174 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6176 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6177 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6181 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6184 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6185 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6187 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6188 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6190 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6191 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6192 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6193 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6194 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6197 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6198 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6199 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6204 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6206 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6207 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6208 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6209 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6212 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6214 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6219 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6223 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6224 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6225 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6226 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6227 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6229 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6230 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6231 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6232 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6233 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6235 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6239 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6240 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6241 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6245 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6248 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6249 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6250 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6253 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6254 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6255 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6256 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6259 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6260 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6261 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6262 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6263 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6265 uiout
->text ("next ");
6266 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6267 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6270 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6272 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6274 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6276 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6277 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6278 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6282 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6283 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6286 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6287 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6290 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6292 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6294 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6296 annotate_field (10);
6297 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6298 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6299 uiout
->text (" \n");
6302 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6304 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6306 annotate_field (11);
6308 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6309 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6310 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6316 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6317 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6322 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6324 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6326 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6328 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6330 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6331 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6332 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6333 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6337 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6339 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6342 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6343 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6346 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6347 bool use_fixed_output
6348 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6349 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6351 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6352 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6354 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6356 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6357 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6359 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6360 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6361 locations, if any. */
6362 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6364 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6365 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6366 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6369 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6370 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6372 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6373 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6375 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6377 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6378 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6380 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6381 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6384 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6386 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6387 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6394 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6396 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6397 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6399 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6400 address to print. */
6401 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6404 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6408 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6409 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6410 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6413 return print_address_bits
;
6416 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6419 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6421 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6422 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6425 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6426 internal or momentary. */
6429 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6431 return b
->number
> 0;
6434 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6437 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6439 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6442 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6443 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6444 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6445 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6446 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6447 breakpoints listed. */
6450 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6451 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6454 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6455 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6456 struct value_print_options opts
;
6457 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6458 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6459 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6461 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6463 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6464 required for address fields. */
6465 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6468 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6469 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6472 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6473 accept. Skip the others. */
6474 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6476 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6478 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6482 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6484 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6486 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6487 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6488 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6490 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6491 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6492 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6494 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6499 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6500 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6501 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6504 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6505 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6508 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6509 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6511 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6512 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6514 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6515 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6517 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6518 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6520 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6522 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6523 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6525 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6529 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6530 uiout
->table_body ();
6531 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6532 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6537 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6538 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6541 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6542 accept. Skip the others. */
6544 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6546 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6548 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6551 else /* all others */
6553 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6557 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6559 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6560 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6566 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6570 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6571 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6573 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6579 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6580 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6583 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6584 there have been breakpoints? */
6585 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6587 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6590 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6591 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6594 default_collect_info (void)
6596 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6598 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6599 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6601 if (!*default_collect
)
6604 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6606 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6607 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6608 uiout
->text (" \n");
6612 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6614 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6616 default_collect_info ();
6620 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6622 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6623 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6625 if (num_printed
== 0)
6627 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6628 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6630 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6635 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6637 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6639 default_collect_info ();
6643 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6644 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6645 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6647 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6649 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6651 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6652 && bl
->address
== pc
6653 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6659 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6660 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6664 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6665 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6666 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6669 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6672 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6673 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6677 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6678 else /* if (others == ???) */
6679 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6681 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6684 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6685 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6686 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6687 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6688 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6689 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6690 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6691 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6695 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6697 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6698 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), address_style
.style (), gdb_stdout
);
6699 printf_filtered (".\n");
6704 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6705 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6706 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6707 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6709 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6710 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6711 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6712 breakpoint location at address zero:
6720 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6722 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6724 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6727 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6728 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6731 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6732 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6734 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6735 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6737 /* Both of them must exist. */
6738 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6739 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6741 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6742 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6743 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6744 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6745 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6746 other watchpoint. */
6748 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6750 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6751 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6753 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6755 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6756 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6759 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6760 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6761 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6762 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6763 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6764 become hw_access locations later. */
6765 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6766 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6767 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6768 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6771 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6774 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6775 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6777 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6778 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6782 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6783 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6784 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6785 space doesn't really matter. */
6788 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6790 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6793 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6794 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6795 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6798 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6799 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6800 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6801 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6804 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6805 const address_space
*aspace
,
6808 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6811 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6812 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6816 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6817 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6818 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6819 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6820 doesn't really matter. */
6823 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6824 const address_space
*aspace
,
6825 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6827 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6828 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6830 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6832 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6838 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6839 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6840 true, otherwise returns false. */
6843 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6844 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6846 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6847 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6848 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6849 different locations. */
6850 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6855 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6856 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6857 represent the same location. */
6860 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6861 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6863 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6865 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6866 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6867 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6869 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6870 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6872 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6875 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6876 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6877 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6879 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6880 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6881 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6882 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6886 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6887 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6889 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6890 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6894 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6895 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6897 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6898 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6900 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6903 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6904 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6905 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6906 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6909 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6910 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6912 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6913 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6914 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6915 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6916 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6918 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6919 have their addresses modified. */
6922 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6924 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6925 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6926 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6927 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6928 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6929 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6934 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6936 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6938 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6939 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6940 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6943 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6945 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6946 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6948 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6949 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6951 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6955 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6957 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6960 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6961 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6964 switch (owner
->type
)
6967 case bp_single_step
:
6971 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6972 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6974 case bp_exception_resume
:
6975 case bp_step_resume
:
6976 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6977 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6979 case bp_std_terminate
:
6980 case bp_shlib_event
:
6981 case bp_thread_event
:
6982 case bp_overlay_event
:
6984 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6985 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6986 case bp_exception_master
:
6987 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6988 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6990 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6991 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6993 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6994 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6995 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6997 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6998 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6999 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7000 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7005 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7006 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7007 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7010 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7016 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7018 static struct bp_location
*
7019 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7021 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7025 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7030 /* Increment reference count. */
7033 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7038 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7039 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7042 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7044 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7046 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7047 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7051 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7054 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7056 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7057 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7059 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7060 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7062 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7064 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7069 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7075 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7078 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7079 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7081 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7083 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7087 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7088 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7089 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7090 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7093 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7094 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7096 static struct breakpoint
*
7097 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7099 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7101 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7103 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7104 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7107 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7108 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7112 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7114 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7116 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7117 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7118 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7120 const char *function_name
;
7122 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7123 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7124 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7127 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7129 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7131 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7132 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7134 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7135 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7136 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7137 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7139 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7143 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7146 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7150 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7152 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7155 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7157 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7162 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7163 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7164 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7166 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7167 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7168 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7171 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7172 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7173 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7175 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7177 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7179 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7180 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7182 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7183 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7185 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7186 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7189 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7190 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7191 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7192 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7193 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7194 is also returned as the value of this function.
7196 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7197 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7198 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7199 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7200 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7201 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7202 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7205 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7206 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7207 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7209 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7211 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7212 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7215 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7216 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7217 initiated the operation. */
7220 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7222 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7223 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7225 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7226 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7227 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7228 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7230 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7231 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7232 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7234 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7235 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7237 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7238 after their removal. */
7239 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7240 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7241 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7244 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7247 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7249 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7251 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7254 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7256 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7262 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7264 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7267 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7269 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7270 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7274 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7275 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7276 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7280 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7282 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7285 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7287 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7289 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7290 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7292 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7294 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7296 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7299 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7300 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7301 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7302 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7308 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7309 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7312 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7313 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7317 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7319 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7321 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7322 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7324 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7326 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7327 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7328 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7329 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7332 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7334 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7336 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7337 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7338 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7340 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7345 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7350 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7352 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7353 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7354 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7359 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7364 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7366 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7367 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7368 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7372 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7373 master breakpoint. */
7375 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7377 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7380 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7381 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7383 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7384 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7388 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7390 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7392 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7395 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7396 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7400 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7402 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7404 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7405 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7407 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7408 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7409 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7411 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7416 struct lang_and_radix
7422 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7425 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7427 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7428 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7431 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7434 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7436 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7439 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7440 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7445 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7447 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7449 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7450 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7451 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7452 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7455 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7458 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7460 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7462 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7463 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7464 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7465 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7468 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7469 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7470 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7472 static struct breakpoint
*
7473 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7474 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7478 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7479 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7480 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7485 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7487 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7490 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7493 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7495 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7497 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7499 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7500 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7502 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7508 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7509 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7512 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7514 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7516 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7518 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7519 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7521 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7522 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7523 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7524 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7525 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7526 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7527 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7528 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7529 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7530 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7531 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7532 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7535 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7540 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7541 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7542 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7545 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7547 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7548 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7550 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7552 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7553 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7555 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7556 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7557 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7558 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7559 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7560 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7561 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7562 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7563 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7565 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7566 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7567 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7568 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7571 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7572 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7574 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7576 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7577 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7578 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7581 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7586 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7587 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7588 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7591 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7593 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7595 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7598 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7599 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7600 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7601 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7602 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7603 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7604 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7605 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7606 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7607 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7609 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7610 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7615 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7616 int bp_modified
= 0;
7618 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7621 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7623 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7625 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7626 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7629 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7632 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7635 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7636 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7639 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7641 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7642 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7643 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7644 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7645 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7648 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7655 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7659 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7661 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7662 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7663 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7665 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7667 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7668 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7669 catchpoint has triggered. */
7670 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7673 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7677 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7679 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7682 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7686 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7688 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7691 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7695 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7696 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7697 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7699 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7701 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7704 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7708 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7711 static enum print_stop_action
7712 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7715 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7716 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7718 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7719 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7720 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7721 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7723 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7724 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7726 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7727 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7729 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7730 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7731 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7732 uiout
->text ("), ");
7733 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7736 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7740 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7742 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7743 struct value_print_options opts
;
7744 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7746 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7748 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7749 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7751 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7752 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7754 uiout
->text ("fork");
7755 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7757 uiout
->text (", process ");
7758 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7762 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7763 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7766 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7770 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7772 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7775 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7779 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7782 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7785 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7787 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7789 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7793 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7795 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7798 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7802 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7804 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7807 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7811 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7812 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7813 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7815 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7817 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7820 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7824 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7827 static enum print_stop_action
7828 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7830 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7831 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7832 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7834 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7835 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7836 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7837 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7839 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7840 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7842 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7843 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7845 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7846 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7847 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7848 uiout
->text ("), ");
7849 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7852 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7856 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7858 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7859 struct value_print_options opts
;
7860 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7862 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7863 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7864 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7866 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7867 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7869 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7870 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7872 uiout
->text (", process ");
7873 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7877 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7878 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7881 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7885 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7887 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7890 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7894 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7897 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7900 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7902 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7904 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7905 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7906 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7908 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7910 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7912 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7913 unsigned char is_load
;
7915 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7916 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7918 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7921 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7923 xfree (this->regex
);
7927 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7933 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7939 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7940 const address_space
*aspace
,
7942 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7944 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7945 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7947 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7952 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7954 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7957 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7960 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7963 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7965 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7974 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7976 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7977 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7981 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7984 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7990 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7993 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7999 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8002 static enum print_stop_action
8003 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8005 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8006 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8008 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8009 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8010 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8011 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8013 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8014 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8016 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8017 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8018 print_solib_event (1);
8019 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8023 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8025 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8026 struct value_print_options opts
;
8027 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8029 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8030 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8031 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8033 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8036 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8044 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8046 msg
= _("load of library");
8051 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8053 msg
= _("unload of library");
8055 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8057 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8058 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8062 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8064 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8066 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8067 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8071 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8073 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8075 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8076 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8077 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8079 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8083 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8085 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8086 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8087 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8088 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8089 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8090 created in an enabled state. */
8093 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8095 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8099 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8101 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8105 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8106 _("Invalid regexp")));
8107 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8110 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8111 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8112 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8114 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8116 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8119 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8123 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8124 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8127 const int enabled
= 1;
8129 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8131 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8135 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8136 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8138 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8142 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8143 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8145 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8148 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8149 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8150 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8151 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8154 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8155 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8156 const char *cond_string
,
8157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8159 symtab_and_line sal
;
8160 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8162 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8164 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8165 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8169 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8171 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8172 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8173 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8174 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8180 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8184 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8185 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8186 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8188 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8190 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8192 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8194 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8197 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8199 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8200 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8201 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8203 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8205 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8207 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8208 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8210 char *exec_pathname
;
8213 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8215 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8217 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8221 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8223 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8227 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8229 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8233 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8234 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8235 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8237 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8239 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8242 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8246 static enum print_stop_action
8247 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8249 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8250 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8251 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8253 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8254 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8255 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8256 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8258 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8259 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8261 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8262 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8264 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8265 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8266 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8267 uiout
->text ("), ");
8269 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8273 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8275 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8276 struct value_print_options opts
;
8277 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8279 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8281 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8282 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8283 is relatively readable). */
8284 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8285 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8287 uiout
->text ("exec");
8288 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8290 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8291 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8292 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8295 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8296 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8300 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8302 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8305 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8309 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8312 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8315 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8318 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8322 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8326 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8327 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8329 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8331 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8338 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8342 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8345 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8347 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8350 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8352 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8354 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8360 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8361 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8362 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8363 types _not_ TYPE. */
8366 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8367 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8370 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8372 *other_type_used
= 0;
8377 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8380 if (b
->type
== type
)
8381 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8382 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8383 *other_type_used
= 1;
8390 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8392 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8396 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8398 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8399 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8405 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8411 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8413 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8414 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8420 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8422 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8423 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8427 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8429 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8430 breakpoint_re_set ();
8433 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8436 static struct breakpoint
*
8437 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8439 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8441 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8442 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8444 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8445 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8448 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8450 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8453 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8454 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8458 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8459 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8463 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8465 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8467 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8468 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8469 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8470 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8472 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8474 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8476 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8479 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8480 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8481 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8483 static struct breakpoint
*
8484 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8486 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8489 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8491 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8492 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8493 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8495 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8496 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8497 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8498 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8499 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8500 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8501 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8502 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8503 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8504 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8505 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8506 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8508 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8509 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8510 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8512 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8516 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8520 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8522 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8526 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8530 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8533 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8535 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8537 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8538 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8540 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8544 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8547 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8549 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8550 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8554 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8556 static struct bp_location
*
8557 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8558 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8560 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8561 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8562 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8564 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8565 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8567 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8568 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8569 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8570 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8571 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8572 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8573 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8576 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8577 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8578 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8579 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8584 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8585 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8586 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8587 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8588 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8589 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8590 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8591 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8592 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8593 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8594 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8595 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8596 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8598 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8599 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8601 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8602 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8603 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8604 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8605 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8606 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8607 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8608 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8609 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8610 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8611 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8612 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8614 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8621 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8624 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8628 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8629 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8632 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8634 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8638 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8640 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8641 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8642 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8643 scoped_restore restore_memory
8644 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8646 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8647 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8653 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8654 return 0 otherwise. */
8657 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8659 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8661 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8662 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8663 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8665 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8668 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8669 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8670 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8673 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8674 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8677 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8679 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8680 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8685 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8687 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8689 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8691 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8693 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8694 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8696 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8697 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8698 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8700 if (!dprintf_function
)
8701 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8703 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8704 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8709 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8713 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8715 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8716 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8719 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8720 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8724 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8725 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8727 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8729 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8730 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8731 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8732 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8733 command_lines_deleter ()));
8736 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8737 current style settings. */
8740 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8741 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8747 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8748 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8752 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8753 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8754 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8755 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8758 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8759 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8760 event_location_up
&&location
,
8761 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8762 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8763 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8764 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8765 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8766 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8767 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8768 int display_canonical
)
8772 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8774 int target_resources_ok
;
8776 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8777 target_resources_ok
=
8778 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8780 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8781 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8782 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8783 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8786 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8788 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8790 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8794 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8796 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8798 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8799 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8802 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8804 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8808 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8809 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8810 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8811 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8812 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8814 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8815 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8817 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8819 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8820 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8822 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8824 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8825 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8827 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8830 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8832 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8834 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8836 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8838 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8840 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8842 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8844 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8846 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8849 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8850 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8857 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8858 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8864 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8866 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8867 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8869 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8872 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8873 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8874 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8876 if (b
->extra_string
)
8877 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8879 error (_("Format string required"));
8881 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8882 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8885 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8886 if (location
!= NULL
)
8887 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8889 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8890 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8894 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8895 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8896 event_location_up
&&location
,
8897 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8898 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8899 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8900 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8901 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8902 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8903 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8904 int display_canonical
)
8906 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8908 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8909 sals
, std::move (location
),
8911 std::move (cond_string
),
8912 std::move (extra_string
),
8914 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8916 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8919 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8922 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8923 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8924 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8925 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8926 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8927 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8928 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8929 we take just a single condition string.
8931 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8932 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8933 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8934 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8935 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8938 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8939 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8940 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8941 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8942 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8943 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8944 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8945 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8947 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8948 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8950 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8952 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8953 'break', without arguments. */
8954 event_location_up location
8955 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8956 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8957 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8958 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8960 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8961 std::move (location
),
8962 std::move (filter_string
),
8963 std::move (cond_string
),
8964 std::move (extra_string
),
8966 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8967 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8968 canonical
->special_display
);
8972 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8973 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8974 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8975 linespec locations).
8977 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8978 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8981 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8982 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8984 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8986 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8988 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8992 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8993 breakpoint address. */
8994 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8996 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8997 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8998 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8999 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9000 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9001 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9002 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9004 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9006 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9007 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9008 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9009 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9010 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9012 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9014 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9016 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9018 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9022 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9026 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9027 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9028 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9029 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9031 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9032 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9033 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9034 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9036 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9038 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9039 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9043 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9046 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9047 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9048 get_last_displayed_line (),
9049 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9054 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9055 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9059 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9060 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9063 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9065 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9066 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9069 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9070 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9071 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9072 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9073 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9077 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9078 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9080 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9082 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9084 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9085 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9086 associated with SAL. */
9090 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9091 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9092 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9096 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9097 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9098 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9099 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9100 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9101 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9104 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9105 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9108 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9115 const char *end_tok
;
9117 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9118 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9120 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9122 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9124 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9128 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9130 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9132 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9134 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9135 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9137 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9139 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9142 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9145 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9147 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9148 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9151 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9156 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9158 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9159 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9160 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9165 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9169 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9173 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9175 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9176 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9178 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9181 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9183 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9185 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9187 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9188 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9189 if (markers
.empty ())
9190 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9191 marker_str
.c_str ());
9193 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9194 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9196 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9198 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9199 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9200 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9207 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9210 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9211 const struct event_location
*location
,
9212 const char *cond_string
,
9213 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9215 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9217 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9218 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9219 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9222 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9225 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9227 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9229 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9230 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9231 extra_string
= NULL
;
9235 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9237 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9239 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9241 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9243 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9246 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9249 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9251 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9252 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9253 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9254 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9255 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9258 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9259 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9260 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9261 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9268 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9271 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9272 are ok for the target. */
9275 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9276 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9279 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9280 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9282 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9283 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9286 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9287 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9291 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9292 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9299 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9301 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9302 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9303 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9304 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9306 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9307 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9308 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9309 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9313 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9314 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9315 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9317 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9319 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9320 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9322 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9325 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9326 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9327 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9329 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9330 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9331 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9335 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9337 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9338 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9341 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9344 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9345 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9349 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9350 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9351 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9352 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9353 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9354 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9355 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9356 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9357 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9359 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9362 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9364 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9365 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9366 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9369 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9374 /* Set a breakpoint.
9375 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9376 condition, and thread.
9377 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9378 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9382 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9384 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9385 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9386 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9388 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9390 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9392 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9393 if (location
!= NULL
9394 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9395 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9397 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9399 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9401 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9402 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9403 0 /* Ignore count */,
9404 pending_break_support
,
9412 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9415 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9419 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9421 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9422 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9423 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9426 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9427 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9428 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9429 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9432 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9434 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9435 const struct block
*b
;
9438 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9439 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9442 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9445 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9446 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9451 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9452 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9453 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9454 happen in assembly source). */
9456 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9457 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9459 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9461 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9468 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9470 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9474 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9476 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9480 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9482 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9486 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9488 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9492 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9494 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9495 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9496 stop at <line>\n"));
9500 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9504 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9506 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9508 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9511 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9512 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9513 function/method name. */
9514 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9516 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9521 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9523 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9527 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9529 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9533 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9537 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9541 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9544 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9545 it is probably a line number. */
9546 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9548 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9553 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9555 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9559 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9561 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9564 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9565 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9566 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9570 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9572 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9574 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9575 the next character must be ','. */
9578 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9579 error (_("Format string required"));
9582 /* Skip the comma. */
9587 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9589 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9591 0 /* Ignore count */,
9592 pending_break_support
,
9593 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9601 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9603 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9606 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9607 ranged breakpoints. */
9610 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9611 const address_space
*aspace
,
9613 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9615 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9616 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9619 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9620 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9623 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9624 ranged breakpoints. */
9627 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9629 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9632 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9633 ranged breakpoints. */
9635 static enum print_stop_action
9636 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9638 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9639 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9640 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9642 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9644 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9645 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9647 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9649 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9651 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9652 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9654 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9655 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9657 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9659 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9661 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9664 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9667 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9668 ranged breakpoints. */
9671 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9672 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9674 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9675 struct value_print_options opts
;
9676 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9678 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9679 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9681 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9683 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9684 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9685 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9686 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9688 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9692 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9693 ranged breakpoints. */
9696 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9697 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9699 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9700 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9705 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9706 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9708 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9709 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9710 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9711 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9712 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9716 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9717 ranged breakpoints. */
9720 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9722 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9723 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9726 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9728 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9729 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9730 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9733 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9734 ranged breakpoints. */
9737 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9740 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9741 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9742 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9745 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9747 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9749 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9750 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9751 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9752 last instruction of the given line. */
9755 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9759 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9760 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9761 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9768 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9770 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9772 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9779 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9782 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9784 const char *arg_start
;
9785 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9786 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9790 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9791 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9792 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9794 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9795 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9796 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9799 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9801 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9802 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9803 error(_("No address range specified."));
9806 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9808 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9811 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9812 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9813 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9815 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9817 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9818 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9819 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9821 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9822 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9824 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9825 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9827 /* Parse the end location. */
9831 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9832 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9833 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9834 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9835 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9836 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9838 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9839 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9840 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9842 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9843 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9845 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9846 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9847 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9848 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9850 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9852 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9853 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9854 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9856 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9858 /* Length overflowed. */
9859 error (_("Address range too large."));
9860 else if (length
== 1)
9862 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9863 the `hbreak' command. */
9864 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9869 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9870 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9871 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9872 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9873 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9874 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9875 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9876 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9877 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9880 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9881 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9884 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9885 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9886 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9890 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9898 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9899 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9902 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9912 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9913 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9914 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9915 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9916 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9918 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9944 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9947 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9948 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9953 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9954 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9955 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9956 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9957 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9958 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9959 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9961 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9962 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9967 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9969 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9970 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9971 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9972 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9974 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9975 are always constant. */
9977 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9979 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9980 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9981 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9986 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9987 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9988 then it is not a constant. */
9997 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9999 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10001 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10002 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10005 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10008 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10010 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10012 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10013 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10015 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10016 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10017 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10018 are loaded and unloaded.
10020 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10021 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10022 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10023 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10024 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10025 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10027 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10028 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10029 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10030 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10032 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10033 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10035 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10036 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10037 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10040 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10043 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10045 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10046 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10048 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10049 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10052 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10055 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10057 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10058 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10060 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10061 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10065 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10066 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10067 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10069 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10070 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10072 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10073 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10074 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10075 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10076 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10077 (did not match the data address). */
10078 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10079 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10086 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10088 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10090 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10093 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10094 hardware watchpoints. */
10097 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10099 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10100 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10102 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10105 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10106 hardware watchpoints. */
10109 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10111 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10112 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10115 static enum print_stop_action
10116 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10118 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10119 enum print_stop_action result
;
10120 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10121 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10123 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10125 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10126 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10128 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10129 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10133 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10136 case bp_watchpoint
:
10137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10138 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10139 uiout
->field_string
10140 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10142 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10143 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10144 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10145 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10146 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10147 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10148 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10149 uiout
->text ("\n");
10150 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10151 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10154 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10155 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10156 uiout
->field_string
10157 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10159 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10160 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10161 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10162 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10163 uiout
->text ("\n");
10164 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10167 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10168 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10170 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10171 uiout
->field_string
10173 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10175 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10176 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10177 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10178 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10179 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10184 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10185 uiout
->field_string
10187 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10188 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10189 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10191 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10192 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10193 uiout
->text ("\n");
10194 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10197 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10203 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10207 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10209 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10210 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10211 const char *tuple_name
;
10215 case bp_watchpoint
:
10216 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10217 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10219 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10220 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10221 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10223 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10224 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10225 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10227 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10228 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10229 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10232 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10233 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10236 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10237 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10238 uiout
->text (": ");
10239 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10242 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10246 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10248 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10252 case bp_watchpoint
:
10253 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10256 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10259 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10263 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10264 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10267 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10268 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10271 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10275 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10277 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10278 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10279 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10285 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10287 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10289 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10290 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10293 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10295 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10297 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10298 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10301 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10302 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10305 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10307 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10309 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10310 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10313 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10314 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10317 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10319 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10321 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10324 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10325 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10328 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10333 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10334 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10336 static enum print_stop_action
10337 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10339 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10340 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10342 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10343 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10345 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10346 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10350 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10351 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10352 uiout
->field_string
10353 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10356 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10357 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10358 uiout
->field_string
10359 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10362 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10363 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10364 uiout
->field_string
10366 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10369 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10370 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10374 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10375 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10376 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10377 uiout
->text ("\n");
10379 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10380 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10383 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10384 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10387 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10388 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10390 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10392 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10393 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10395 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10396 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10397 uiout
->text ("\n");
10400 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10401 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10404 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10406 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10407 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10408 const char *tuple_name
;
10412 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10413 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10414 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10416 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10417 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10418 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10420 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10421 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10422 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10425 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10426 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10429 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10430 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10431 uiout
->text (": ");
10432 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10435 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10436 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10439 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10446 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10449 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10452 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10456 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10457 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10460 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10462 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10465 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10467 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10469 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10472 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10474 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10477 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10478 hw_read: watch read,
10479 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10481 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10482 int just_location
, int internal
)
10484 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10485 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10486 struct value
*result
;
10487 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10488 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10489 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10490 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10492 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10493 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10494 enum bptype bp_type
;
10497 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10498 the hardware watchpoint. */
10500 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10502 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10503 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10505 const char *value_start
;
10507 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10509 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10510 of the arguments string. */
10511 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10513 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10514 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10517 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10518 This is the value of the parameter. */
10519 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10521 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10523 /* Skip whitespace. */
10524 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10529 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10530 This is the parameter itself. */
10531 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10534 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10536 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10538 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10539 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10540 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10541 only in a specific thread. */
10545 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10547 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10548 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10550 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10551 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10552 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10554 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10556 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10558 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10559 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10561 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10564 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10566 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10568 mark
= value_mark ();
10569 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10570 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10571 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10574 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10577 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10578 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10585 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10586 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10588 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10589 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10590 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10591 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10593 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10594 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10596 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10599 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10600 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10604 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10605 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10607 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10610 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10611 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10612 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10613 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10616 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10618 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10619 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10627 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10628 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10629 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10633 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10636 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10637 else if (ret
== -2)
10638 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10641 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10642 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10644 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10645 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10647 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10648 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10650 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10651 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10652 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10654 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10655 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10656 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10661 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10663 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10665 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10667 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10669 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10670 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10671 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10672 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10673 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10675 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10677 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10679 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10680 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10683 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10684 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10685 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10687 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10690 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10692 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10693 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10695 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10696 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10698 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10699 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10700 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10701 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10702 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10703 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10704 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10708 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10709 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10710 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10711 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10713 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10714 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10715 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10716 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10718 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10720 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10723 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10724 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10726 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10727 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10728 w
->thread
= thread
;
10729 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10730 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10731 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10732 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10733 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10736 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10737 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10739 w
->exp_string_reparse
10740 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10742 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10743 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10746 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10750 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10755 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10756 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10761 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10763 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10765 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10767 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10768 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10772 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10773 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10776 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10778 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10779 need to act on them together. */
10780 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10781 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10784 if (!just_location
)
10785 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10787 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10788 that should be inserted. */
10789 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10791 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10794 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10795 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10798 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10800 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10802 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10803 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10806 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10807 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10809 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10810 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10811 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10812 hardware watchpoint.
10814 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10815 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10816 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10817 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10818 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10819 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10820 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10821 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10822 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10824 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10825 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10826 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10827 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10828 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10830 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10832 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10834 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10835 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10836 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10837 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10838 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10839 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10843 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10844 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10845 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10847 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10848 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10849 middle of some value chain. */
10851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10854 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10858 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10859 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10860 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10862 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10866 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10870 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10871 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10872 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10873 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10874 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10877 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10878 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10879 return found_memory_cnt
;
10883 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10885 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10888 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10889 calls watch_command_1. */
10892 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10894 int just_location
= 0;
10897 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10898 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10900 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10904 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10908 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10910 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10914 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10916 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10920 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10922 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10926 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10928 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10932 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10934 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10938 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10939 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10942 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10944 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10947 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10948 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10950 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10952 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10954 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10955 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10956 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10957 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10959 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10960 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10964 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10965 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10966 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10969 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10970 until(location)/advance commands. */
10973 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10975 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10976 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10977 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10978 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10979 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10985 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10986 until(location)/advance commands. */
10989 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10991 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10992 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10993 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10994 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10997 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10998 until(location)/advance commands. */
11000 enum async_reply_reason
11001 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11003 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11007 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11009 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11010 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11011 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11012 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11014 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11016 clear_proceed_status (0);
11018 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11021 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11023 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11024 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11025 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11026 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11027 get_last_displayed_line ())
11028 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11029 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11031 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11032 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11034 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11037 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11039 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11041 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11042 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11044 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11045 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11046 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11049 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11050 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11051 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11052 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11054 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11057 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11059 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11061 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11063 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11064 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11066 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11067 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11068 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11069 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11074 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11075 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11078 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11081 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11083 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11084 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11085 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11086 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11088 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11089 only at the very same frame. */
11090 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11091 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11093 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11094 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11095 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11098 lj_deleter
->release ();
11100 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11103 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11104 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11106 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11107 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11108 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11109 if clause in the arg string. */
11112 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11114 const char *cond_string
;
11116 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11119 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11122 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11123 condition string. */
11124 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11125 cond_string
= *arg
;
11127 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11129 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11131 return cond_string
;
11134 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11135 process start/exit, etc. */
11139 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11140 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11145 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11146 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11148 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11149 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11150 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11153 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11154 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11155 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11159 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11161 /* The allowed syntax is:
11163 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11165 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11166 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11168 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11169 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11171 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11172 and enable reporting of such events. */
11175 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11176 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11177 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11178 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11180 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11181 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11182 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11183 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11186 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11192 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11193 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11195 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11197 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11199 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11203 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11205 /* The allowed syntax is:
11207 catch exec if <cond>
11209 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11210 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11212 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11213 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11215 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11216 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11217 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11218 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11220 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11224 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11225 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11226 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11227 const char *addr_string
,
11228 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11235 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11237 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11239 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11240 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11241 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11242 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11243 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11244 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11245 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11246 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11247 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11248 enough for now, though. */
11251 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11253 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11254 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11255 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11256 language_def (language_ada
));
11257 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11261 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11263 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11268 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11270 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11273 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11276 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11278 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11279 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11281 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11283 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11286 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11290 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11293 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11296 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11298 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11301 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11302 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11303 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11307 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11308 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11309 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11311 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11315 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11316 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11317 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11318 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11319 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11320 error (_("No source file specified."));
11326 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11327 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11328 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11329 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11331 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11332 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11333 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11334 due to optimization, all in one block.
11336 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11337 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11338 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11339 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11340 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11341 to support that. */
11343 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11344 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11345 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11348 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11349 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11351 const char *sal_fullname
;
11353 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11354 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11355 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11358 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11363 1 0 <can't happen> */
11365 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11366 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11368 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11372 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11373 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11375 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11376 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11378 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11379 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11380 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11382 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11383 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11384 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11385 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11386 int line_match
= 0;
11388 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11389 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11390 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11391 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11392 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11393 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11394 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11397 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11406 found
.push_back (b
);
11410 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11411 if (found
.empty ())
11414 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11416 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11419 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11420 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11421 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11423 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11425 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11426 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11428 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11432 if (found
.size () > 1)
11433 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11436 if (found
.size () == 1)
11437 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11439 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11442 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11445 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11446 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11449 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11452 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11453 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11454 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11457 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11459 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11461 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11462 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11463 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11465 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11469 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11470 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11474 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11475 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11476 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11477 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11478 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11479 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11482 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11484 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11485 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11487 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11488 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11490 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11491 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11494 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11495 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11496 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11498 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11499 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11500 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11502 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11503 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11504 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11506 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11507 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11508 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11510 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11513 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11514 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11515 content of the bp_locations array. */
11518 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11520 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11522 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11523 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11527 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11529 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11532 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11533 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11535 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11536 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11537 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11538 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11540 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11542 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11543 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11544 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11545 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11549 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11552 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11554 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11555 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11557 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11559 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11561 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11562 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11563 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11565 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11566 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11567 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11570 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11572 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11573 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11575 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11578 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11581 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11583 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11584 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11585 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11586 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11589 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11591 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11594 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11596 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11597 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11598 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11599 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11603 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11606 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11608 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11609 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11610 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11611 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11613 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11614 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11615 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11616 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11617 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11619 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11620 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11621 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11622 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11623 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11624 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11625 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11626 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11629 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11630 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11631 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11635 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11637 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11638 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11639 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11642 address
= bl
->address
;
11643 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11645 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11646 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11647 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11649 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11650 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11653 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11654 the same program space as the location
11655 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11656 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11657 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11661 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11662 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11665 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11666 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11667 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11668 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11669 that have already been marked. */
11670 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11672 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11674 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11677 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11678 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11679 locations are duplicate of which.
11681 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11682 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11686 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11689 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11690 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11691 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11692 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11693 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11695 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11696 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11697 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11698 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11699 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11701 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11702 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11703 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11704 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11706 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11707 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11708 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11709 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11710 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11712 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11713 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11714 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11717 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11718 bp_locations_count
++;
11720 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11721 locp
= bp_locations
;
11722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11723 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11725 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11726 bp_locations_compare
);
11728 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11730 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11731 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11732 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11733 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11734 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11737 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11738 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11740 locp
= bp_locations
;
11741 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11742 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11745 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11746 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11748 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11749 not, we have to free it. */
11750 int found_object
= 0;
11751 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11752 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11755 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11756 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11757 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11758 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11762 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11763 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11766 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11767 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11768 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11770 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11771 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11772 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11774 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11775 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11778 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11782 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11783 have to go through updates again. */
11784 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11786 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11788 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11790 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11791 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11792 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11793 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11794 at certain location is not inserted. */
11796 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11798 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11801 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11803 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11804 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11805 keep_in_target
= 1;
11809 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11810 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11811 remove its target-side condition. */
11813 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11814 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11815 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11816 this one from the target. */
11818 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11819 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11822 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11823 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11826 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11828 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11830 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11831 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11832 supported, but the latter are. */
11833 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11835 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11836 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11839 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11840 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11842 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11843 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11845 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11846 keep_in_target
= 1;
11854 if (!keep_in_target
)
11856 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11858 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11859 this location on the global list, and try to
11860 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11861 reason why we will succeed next time.
11863 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11864 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11865 only after calling us. */
11866 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11867 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11868 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11876 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11877 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11879 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11880 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11881 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11882 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11883 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11884 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11885 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11886 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11887 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11888 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11889 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11890 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11891 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11892 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11895 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11896 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11898 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11899 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11900 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11901 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11902 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11903 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11904 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11905 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11906 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11907 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11908 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11909 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11910 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11913 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11914 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11915 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11916 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11918 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11919 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11920 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11921 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11922 traps we can no longer explain. */
11924 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11925 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11927 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11931 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11932 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11937 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11938 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11939 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11940 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11941 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11942 are sorted first for the same address.
11944 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11945 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11947 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11948 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11949 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11950 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11953 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11955 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11958 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11959 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
11960 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11961 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11962 `struct bp_location'. */
11963 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11965 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11966 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11970 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11971 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11972 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11973 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11974 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11975 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11977 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11979 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11980 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11981 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11983 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11984 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11986 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11988 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11989 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11990 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11996 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11997 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11998 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12000 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12001 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12003 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12004 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12007 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12009 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12010 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12013 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12014 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12015 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12016 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12017 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12019 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12023 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12024 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12028 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12030 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12032 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12033 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12035 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12036 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12043 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12048 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12050 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12055 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12058 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12062 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12063 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12065 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12066 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12067 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12071 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12073 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12075 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12077 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12081 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12085 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12087 struct value_print_options opts
;
12089 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12091 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12093 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12095 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12096 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12097 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12098 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12100 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12101 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12103 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12105 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12106 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12111 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12112 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12118 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12120 printf_filtered (" at ");
12121 fputs_styled (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12122 address_style
.style (),
12125 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12127 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12129 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12131 puts_filtered (": file ");
12132 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12133 file_name_style
.style (),
12135 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12136 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12139 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12140 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12141 real situation somewhat. */
12142 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12143 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12148 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12150 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12152 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12157 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12159 xfree (function_name
);
12162 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12164 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12166 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12167 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12168 xfree (this->filter
);
12171 static struct bp_location
*
12172 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12174 return new bp_location (self
);
12178 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12180 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12183 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12184 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12187 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12189 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12193 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12194 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12196 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12200 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12201 const address_space
*aspace
,
12203 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12205 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12209 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12214 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12218 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12220 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12223 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12227 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12229 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12232 static enum print_stop_action
12233 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12235 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12239 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12240 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12246 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12248 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12252 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12254 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12258 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12259 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12260 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12261 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12263 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12267 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12268 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12269 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12270 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12271 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12272 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12274 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12275 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12276 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12277 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12279 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12282 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12283 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12284 const struct event_location
*location
,
12285 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12287 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12290 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12293 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12298 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12301 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12303 /* Nothing to do. */
12306 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12308 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12309 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12310 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12311 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12312 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12313 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12314 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12315 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12316 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12318 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12319 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12320 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12321 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12322 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12323 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12324 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12325 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12328 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12331 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12333 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12334 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12336 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12337 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12341 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12345 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12347 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12349 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12350 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12352 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12353 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12355 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12359 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12361 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12362 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12364 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12368 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12369 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12370 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12372 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12373 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12376 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12380 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12381 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12382 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12389 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12390 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12391 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12393 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12394 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12396 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12397 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12398 be set at the same address. */
12402 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12406 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12408 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12413 static enum print_stop_action
12414 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12416 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12417 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12419 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12421 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12423 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12424 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12426 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12427 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12428 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12431 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12432 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12435 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12437 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12438 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12440 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12442 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12444 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12445 uiout
->text (", ");
12447 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12451 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12453 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12458 case bp_breakpoint
:
12459 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12460 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12461 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12463 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12464 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12465 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12466 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12468 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12469 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12472 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12480 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12482 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12484 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12486 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12487 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12488 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12489 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12492 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12493 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12496 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12498 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12499 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12500 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12503 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12507 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12508 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12509 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12511 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12515 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12516 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12517 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12518 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12519 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12520 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12522 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12523 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12524 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12525 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12527 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12528 std::move (cond_string
),
12529 std::move (extra_string
),
12531 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12532 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12533 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12536 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12537 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12538 const struct event_location
*location
,
12539 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12541 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12544 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12547 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12551 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12552 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12553 case bp_overlay_event
:
12554 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12555 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12556 case bp_exception_master
:
12557 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12560 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12561 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12562 case bp_shlib_event
:
12564 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12565 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12566 case bp_thread_event
:
12572 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12574 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12576 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12577 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12578 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12579 objects (among other things). */
12580 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12581 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12587 static enum print_stop_action
12588 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12592 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12596 case bp_shlib_event
:
12597 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12598 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12599 to shlib event" message.) */
12600 print_solib_event (0);
12603 case bp_thread_event
:
12604 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12605 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12606 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12609 case bp_overlay_event
:
12610 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12611 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12614 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12615 /* These should never be enabled. */
12616 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12619 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12620 /* These should never be enabled. */
12621 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12622 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12625 case bp_exception_master
:
12626 /* These should never be enabled. */
12627 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12628 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12632 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12636 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12638 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12641 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12644 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12646 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12647 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12648 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12649 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12653 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12655 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12658 static enum print_stop_action
12659 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12661 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12665 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12667 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12670 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12672 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12673 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12675 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12677 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12680 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12683 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12686 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12688 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12692 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12694 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12701 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12702 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12704 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12705 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12707 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12711 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12712 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12713 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12715 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12717 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12719 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12720 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12723 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12724 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12725 const struct event_location
*location
,
12726 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12728 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12730 error (_("probe not found"));
12734 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12737 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12739 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12743 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12744 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12745 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12747 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12753 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12754 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12756 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12757 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12759 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12761 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12762 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12763 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12764 uiout
->text ("\n");
12769 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12771 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12776 case bp_tracepoint
:
12777 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12778 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12780 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12781 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12782 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12784 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12785 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12786 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12789 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12790 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12797 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12799 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12801 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12803 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12805 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12808 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12809 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12812 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12813 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12815 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12820 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12821 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12822 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12824 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12828 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12829 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12830 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12831 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12832 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12833 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12835 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12836 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12837 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12838 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12840 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12841 std::move (cond_string
),
12842 std::move (extra_string
),
12844 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12845 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12846 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12849 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12850 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12851 const struct event_location
*location
,
12852 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12854 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12857 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12859 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12863 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12864 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12865 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12866 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12868 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12869 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12872 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12873 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12874 const struct event_location
*location
,
12875 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12877 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12878 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12881 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12883 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12886 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12888 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12890 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12891 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12893 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12894 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12895 3 - disconnect from target 1
12896 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12898 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12899 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12900 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12901 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12902 it all the time. */
12903 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12904 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12907 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12910 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12913 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12915 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12918 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12921 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12922 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12923 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12924 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12925 address are all handled. */
12928 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12930 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12931 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12933 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12934 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12935 condition not be evaluated. */
12938 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12939 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12940 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12941 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12942 commands here throws. */
12943 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12944 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12946 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12948 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12949 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12953 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12957 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12958 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12959 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12961 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12962 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12964 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12965 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12967 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12968 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12969 canonical
->location
12970 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12973 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12974 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12978 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12979 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12980 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12982 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12983 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12985 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12986 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12987 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12988 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12990 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12992 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12993 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12994 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12995 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12996 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12997 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12999 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13001 event_location_up location
13002 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13004 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13005 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13006 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13007 std::move (cond_string
),
13008 std::move (extra_string
),
13009 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13010 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13011 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13012 canonical
->special_display
);
13013 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13014 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13015 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13016 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13017 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13018 corresponds to this one */
13019 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13021 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13025 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13026 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13027 const struct event_location
*location
,
13028 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13030 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13031 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13033 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13034 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13036 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13041 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13044 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13047 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13049 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13052 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13056 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13060 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13062 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13063 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13066 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13067 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13068 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13069 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13070 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13073 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13074 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13075 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13076 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13078 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13081 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13082 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13083 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13085 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13086 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13088 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13089 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13090 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13091 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13095 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13097 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13098 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13099 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13100 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13101 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13104 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13105 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13106 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13107 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13109 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13111 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13112 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13115 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13117 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13121 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13123 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13124 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13125 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13126 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13127 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13128 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13129 commands won't work. */
13131 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13133 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13134 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13135 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13136 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13137 might be better design to have location completely
13138 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13139 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13141 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13142 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13143 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13147 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13148 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13151 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13152 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13154 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13159 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13161 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13162 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13164 if (next
== related
)
13166 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13167 function (related
);
13169 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13170 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13175 function (related
);
13179 while (related
!= b
);
13183 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13185 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13191 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13193 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13194 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13195 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13197 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13199 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13203 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13205 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13208 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13213 map_breakpoint_numbers
13214 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13216 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13220 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13221 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13225 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13227 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13229 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13230 if ((pspace
== NULL
13231 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13232 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13233 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13238 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13239 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13240 Null names are ignored. */
13243 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13245 struct bp_location
*l
;
13246 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13249 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13252 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13254 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13258 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13260 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13264 htab_delete (htab
);
13270 htab_delete (htab
);
13274 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13275 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13276 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13277 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13278 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13279 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13280 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13281 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13284 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13285 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13286 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13287 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13288 in the sources, and output a warning.
13290 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13291 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13292 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13293 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13294 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13297 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13298 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13299 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13300 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13301 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13302 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13303 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13304 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13305 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13307 static struct symtab_and_line
13308 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13310 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13311 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13316 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13318 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13320 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13321 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13322 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13323 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13325 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13330 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13332 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13334 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13335 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13337 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13338 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13339 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13341 if (!markers
.empty ())
13343 struct symbol
*sym
;
13344 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13345 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13346 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13348 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13350 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13352 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13353 "found at previous line number"),
13354 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13356 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13357 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13358 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13361 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
13362 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
13363 uiout
->text (" at ");
13365 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13366 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13367 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13370 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13372 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13374 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13377 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13378 uiout
->text ("\n");
13380 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13381 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13383 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13384 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13385 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13386 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13387 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13388 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13389 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13391 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13398 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13399 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13402 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13406 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13409 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13412 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13419 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13425 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13426 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13427 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13429 static struct bp_location
*
13430 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13432 struct bp_location head
;
13433 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13434 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13435 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13437 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13448 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13463 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13464 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13465 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13466 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13470 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13471 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13472 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13473 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13475 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13477 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13479 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13481 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13482 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13483 "multiple locations found\n"),
13488 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13489 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13490 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13491 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13492 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13493 individual locations. */
13494 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13497 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13499 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13501 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13503 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13505 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13507 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13509 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13513 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13516 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13517 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13520 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13522 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13523 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13524 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13525 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13529 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13531 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13533 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13537 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13540 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13541 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13542 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13543 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13544 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13545 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13546 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13548 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13550 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13552 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13553 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13555 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13556 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13564 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13565 if (l
->function_name
13566 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13576 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13577 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13580 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13581 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13583 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13584 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13585 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13587 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13589 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13591 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13595 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13597 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13599 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13601 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13602 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13603 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13604 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13605 state, then user already saw the message about that
13606 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13608 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13609 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13611 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13612 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13613 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13614 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13615 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13616 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13618 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13620 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13621 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13622 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13623 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13624 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13625 which approach is better. */
13626 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13630 exception
= std::move (e
);
13633 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13635 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13636 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13637 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13639 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13642 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13643 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13645 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13647 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13648 b
->thread
= thread
;
13652 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13653 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13658 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13659 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13669 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13670 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13674 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13676 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13677 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13680 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13681 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13683 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13685 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13687 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13688 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13689 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13691 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13694 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13697 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13698 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13701 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13702 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13703 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13705 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13708 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13709 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13713 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13714 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13715 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13716 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13717 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13718 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13720 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13721 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13722 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13723 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13725 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13726 std::move (cond_string
),
13727 std::move (extra_string
),
13728 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13729 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13730 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13733 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13734 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13736 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13737 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13738 const struct event_location
*location
,
13739 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13741 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13743 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13744 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13745 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13748 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13749 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13751 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13753 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13754 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13759 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13762 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13764 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13765 set_language (b
->language
);
13767 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13770 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13771 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13774 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13776 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13779 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13780 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13781 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13783 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13784 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13785 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13786 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13787 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13788 we select the current frame.
13790 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13791 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13792 have been reset. */
13793 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13794 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13796 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13797 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13798 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13799 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13805 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13807 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13809 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13810 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13815 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13818 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13819 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13820 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13821 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13823 /* Now we can insert. */
13824 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13827 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13829 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13830 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13832 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13834 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13836 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13838 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13839 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13840 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13842 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13846 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13847 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13848 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13851 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13853 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13859 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13861 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13863 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13864 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13869 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13873 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13874 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13876 else if (count
== 1)
13877 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13880 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13881 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13884 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13888 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13891 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13894 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13896 const char *p
= args
;
13900 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13902 num
= get_number (&p
);
13904 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13906 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13908 set_ignore_count (num
,
13909 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13912 printf_filtered ("\n");
13916 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13917 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13920 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13921 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13923 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13925 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13926 bp_num_range
.first
);
13930 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13932 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13934 bool match
= false;
13936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13937 if (b
->number
== i
)
13944 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13949 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13953 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13954 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13956 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13957 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13959 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13961 while (!parser
.finished ())
13963 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13964 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13968 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13969 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13971 static struct bp_location
*
13972 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13974 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13977 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13982 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13983 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13986 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13989 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13990 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13993 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13996 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13997 enum class extract_bp_kind
13999 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14002 /* Extracting a location number. */
14006 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14007 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14008 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14009 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14010 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14013 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14014 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14016 const char *end
= start
;
14017 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14019 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14020 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14021 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14022 int (end
- start
), start
);
14024 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14025 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14026 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14027 int (end
- start
), start
);
14029 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14034 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14035 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14036 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14037 are always positive integers. */
14039 static std::pair
<int, int>
14040 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14041 const std::string
&arg
,
14042 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14044 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14045 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14046 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14047 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14049 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14050 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14051 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14052 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14053 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14057 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14058 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14059 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14060 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14062 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14063 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14064 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14065 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14066 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14070 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14071 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14072 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14077 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14078 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14081 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14083 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14084 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14085 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14086 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14087 location number range.
14091 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14092 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14093 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14095 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14097 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14099 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14101 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14102 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14105 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14106 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14108 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14113 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14115 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14116 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14117 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14121 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14122 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14125 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14127 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14130 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14132 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14133 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14135 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14136 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14137 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14138 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14140 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14142 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14145 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14146 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14147 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14148 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14152 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14153 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14156 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14157 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14160 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14161 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14162 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14165 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14167 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14168 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14169 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14170 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14173 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14175 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14176 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14178 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14179 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14181 struct bp_location
*location
;
14183 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14184 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14187 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14189 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14192 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14193 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14194 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14195 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14198 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14202 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14205 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14208 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14210 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14215 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14217 while (!num
.empty ())
14219 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14221 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14223 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14224 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14226 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14227 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14229 ? enable_breakpoint
14230 : disable_breakpoint
);
14234 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14236 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14237 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14239 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14244 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14245 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14246 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14247 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14250 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14252 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14256 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14259 int target_resources_ok
;
14261 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14264 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14265 target_resources_ok
=
14266 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14268 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14269 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14270 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14271 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14274 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14276 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14277 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14281 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14283 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14284 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14285 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14287 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14289 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14290 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14296 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14298 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14299 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14301 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14302 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14304 struct bp_location
*location
;
14306 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14307 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14310 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14311 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14312 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14319 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14321 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14324 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14325 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14326 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14327 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14330 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14332 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14336 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14338 map_breakpoint_numbers
14339 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14341 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14342 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14344 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14350 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14355 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14357 count
= get_number (&args
);
14359 map_breakpoint_numbers
14360 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14362 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14363 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14365 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14371 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14373 map_breakpoint_numbers
14374 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14376 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14377 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14379 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14385 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14390 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14394 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14395 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14399 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14400 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14401 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14403 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14406 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14407 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14409 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14411 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14413 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14415 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14416 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14417 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14418 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14427 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14430 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14431 const address_space
*aspace
,
14434 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14435 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14436 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14438 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14440 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14441 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14444 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14446 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14447 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14448 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14450 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14453 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14456 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14458 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14459 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14461 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14463 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14465 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14466 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14468 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14469 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14477 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14480 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14481 const address_space
*aspace
,
14484 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14486 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14488 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14494 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14498 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14501 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14505 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14506 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14512 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14514 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14516 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14518 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14519 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14523 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14525 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14527 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14529 if (location
!= NULL
14530 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14531 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14533 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14535 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14537 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14539 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14540 0 /* Ignore count */,
14541 pending_break_support
,
14545 0 /* internal */, 0);
14549 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14551 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14553 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14555 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14557 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14558 0 /* Ignore count */,
14559 pending_break_support
,
14560 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14563 0 /* internal */, 0);
14566 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14569 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14571 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14572 event_location_up location
;
14574 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14575 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14576 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14578 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14579 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14583 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14584 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14587 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14589 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14591 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14592 0 /* Ignore count */,
14593 pending_break_support
,
14597 0 /* internal */, 0);
14600 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14601 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14603 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14604 static int next_cmd
;
14607 read_uploaded_action (void)
14609 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14611 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14613 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14620 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14621 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14622 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14623 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14624 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14626 struct tracepoint
*
14627 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14629 const char *addr_str
;
14630 char small_buf
[100];
14631 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14633 if (utp
->at_string
)
14634 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14637 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14638 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14639 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14641 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14642 "source location, using raw address"),
14644 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14645 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14648 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14649 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14650 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14651 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14654 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14656 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14658 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14659 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14661 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14662 0 /* Ignore count */,
14663 pending_break_support
,
14664 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14666 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14668 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14671 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14672 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14673 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14677 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14680 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14683 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14684 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14685 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14687 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14689 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14694 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14696 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14698 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14699 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14700 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14701 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14704 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14705 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14706 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14711 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14715 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14717 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14720 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14722 if (num_printed
== 0)
14724 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14725 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14727 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14730 default_collect_info ();
14733 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14734 Not supported by all targets. */
14736 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14738 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14741 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14742 Not supported by all targets. */
14744 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14746 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14749 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14751 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14753 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14759 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14761 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14762 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14763 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14765 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14766 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14768 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14772 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14774 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14776 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14777 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14778 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14782 map_breakpoint_numbers
14783 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14785 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14789 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14792 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14794 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14795 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14797 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14798 tp
->number
, count
);
14801 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14803 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14804 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14805 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14808 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14810 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14813 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14814 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14815 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14817 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14819 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14820 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14822 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14824 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14826 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14828 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14830 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14831 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14834 else if (*args
== '\0')
14836 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14838 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14842 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14843 while (!parser
.finished ())
14845 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14847 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14852 struct tracepoint
*
14853 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14855 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14857 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14858 if (t
->number
== num
)
14859 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14864 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14865 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14868 struct tracepoint
*
14869 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14871 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14873 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14875 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14877 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14884 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14885 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14886 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14887 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14889 struct tracepoint
*
14890 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14891 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14893 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14895 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14897 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14899 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14900 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14902 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14903 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14905 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14909 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14910 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14913 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14917 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14918 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14920 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14923 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14928 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14930 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14936 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14939 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14940 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14941 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14945 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14946 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14948 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14950 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14952 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14953 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14955 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14958 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14959 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14962 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14963 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14968 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14970 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14972 /* We can stop searching. */
14979 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14983 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14987 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14988 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14989 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14991 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14992 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14996 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14997 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15000 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15001 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15004 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15006 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15007 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15010 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15011 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15013 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15014 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15016 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15018 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15020 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15023 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15025 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15027 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15031 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15032 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15035 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15036 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15038 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15039 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15040 special, and not user visible. */
15041 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15043 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15046 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15048 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15052 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15053 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15056 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15059 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15062 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15064 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15067 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15070 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15072 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15075 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15077 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15078 all_tracepoints (void)
15080 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15081 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15083 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15085 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15092 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15093 locations used by several commands. */
15095 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15096 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15097 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15098 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15099 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15100 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15102 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15103 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15104 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15106 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15107 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15108 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15109 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15110 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15112 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15113 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15114 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15115 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15116 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15117 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15119 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15120 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15121 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15124 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15125 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15126 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15127 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15128 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15129 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15130 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15133 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15134 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15136 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15137 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15138 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15139 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15140 conditions are different.\n\
15142 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15144 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15145 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15147 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15148 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15151 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15152 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15153 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15154 void *user_data_catch
,
15155 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15157 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15159 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15161 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15162 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15163 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15165 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15167 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15168 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15169 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15173 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15175 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15176 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15177 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15180 struct breakpoint
*
15181 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15184 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15188 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15195 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15196 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15199 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15201 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15202 non-inline function. */
15203 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15209 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15210 have been inlined. */
15213 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15214 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15217 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15219 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15221 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15224 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15226 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15227 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15235 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15238 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15240 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15242 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15243 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15244 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15248 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15250 static int initialized
= 0;
15252 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15258 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15259 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15260 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15261 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15262 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15263 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15264 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15265 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15266 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15267 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15268 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15269 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15271 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15272 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15273 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15274 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15275 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15276 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15277 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15278 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15280 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15281 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15282 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15283 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15284 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15285 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15286 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15287 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15288 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15289 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15291 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15292 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15293 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15294 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15295 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15296 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15297 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15299 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15300 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15301 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15302 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15303 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15304 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15305 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15307 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15308 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15309 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15310 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15311 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15312 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15313 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15316 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15317 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15318 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15319 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15320 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15321 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15322 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15323 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15324 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15325 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15326 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15327 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15328 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15330 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15331 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15332 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15333 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15334 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15335 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15336 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15337 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15338 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15339 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15340 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15343 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15345 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15346 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15347 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15348 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15349 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15350 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15351 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15352 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15354 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15355 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15358 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15360 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15361 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15362 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15363 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15364 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15365 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15367 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15368 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15369 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15370 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15371 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15372 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15373 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15374 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15375 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15376 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15378 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15379 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15380 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15381 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15382 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15383 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15384 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15385 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15386 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15387 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15389 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15390 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15391 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15392 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15393 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15394 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15395 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15396 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15397 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15398 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15400 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15401 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15402 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15403 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15404 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15405 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15406 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15407 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15408 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15409 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15410 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15412 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15413 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15414 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15415 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15416 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15417 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15418 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15419 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15420 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15423 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15425 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15427 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15429 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15432 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15436 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15438 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15439 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15440 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15442 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15443 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15444 before a breakpoint is set. */
15445 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15447 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15449 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15450 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15451 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15453 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15454 commands_command
, _("\
15455 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15456 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15457 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15459 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15460 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15461 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15462 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15463 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15465 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15466 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15467 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15468 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15469 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15471 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15472 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15473 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15474 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15475 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15477 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15478 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15480 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15481 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15482 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15483 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15485 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15486 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15488 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15489 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15490 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15491 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15493 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15494 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15496 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15497 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15498 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15499 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15500 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15501 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15502 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15504 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15506 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15507 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15508 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15509 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15510 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15511 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15513 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15514 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15515 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15518 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15519 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15520 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15523 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15524 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15525 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15526 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15529 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15530 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15531 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15534 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15535 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15536 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15539 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15540 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15541 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15542 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15545 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15546 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15547 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15548 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15549 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15550 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15551 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15552 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15554 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15555 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15556 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15557 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15558 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15559 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15562 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15563 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15564 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15565 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15567 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15568 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15569 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15570 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15571 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15573 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15574 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15575 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15576 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15577 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15580 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15581 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15582 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15584 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15585 is executing in.\n"
15586 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15587 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15588 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15590 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15591 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15592 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15593 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15595 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15596 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15597 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15598 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15602 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15603 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15604 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15605 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15606 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15607 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15608 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15609 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15610 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15611 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15612 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15613 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15614 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15615 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15616 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15617 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15619 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15620 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15621 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15622 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15623 breakpoint set."));
15626 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15627 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15628 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15629 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15630 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15631 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15632 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15633 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15634 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15636 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15637 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15638 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15639 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15640 breakpoint set."));
15642 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15644 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15645 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15646 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15647 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15648 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15649 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15650 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15651 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15652 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15653 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15654 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15655 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15656 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15658 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15659 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15660 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15661 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15663 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15665 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15666 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15667 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15668 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15670 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15671 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15672 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15673 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15675 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15676 catch_fork_command_1
,
15678 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15679 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15680 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15681 catch_fork_command_1
,
15683 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15684 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15685 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15686 catch_exec_command_1
,
15690 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15691 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15692 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15693 catch_load_command_1
,
15697 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15698 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15699 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15700 catch_unload_command_1
,
15705 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15706 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15707 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15708 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15709 an expression changes.\n\
15710 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15711 the memory to which it refers."));
15712 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15714 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15715 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15716 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15717 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15718 an expression is read.\n\
15719 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15720 the memory to which it refers."));
15721 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15723 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15724 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15725 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15726 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15727 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15728 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15729 the memory to which it refers."));
15730 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15732 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15733 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15735 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15736 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15737 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15738 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15739 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15740 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15741 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15742 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15743 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15746 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15747 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15749 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15751 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15753 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15754 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15756 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15757 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15758 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15760 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15761 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15762 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15763 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15765 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15766 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15768 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15769 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15770 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15772 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15773 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15775 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15776 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15777 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15778 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15779 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15780 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15781 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15782 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15783 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15785 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15786 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15787 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15788 conditions are different.\n\
15790 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15791 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15792 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15794 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15795 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15796 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15797 last tracepoint set."));
15799 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15801 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15802 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15803 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15804 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15806 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15808 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15809 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15810 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15811 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15813 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15815 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15816 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15817 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15818 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15820 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15822 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15823 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15824 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15825 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15826 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15828 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15829 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15830 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15831 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15833 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15834 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15835 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15836 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15837 session to restore them."),
15839 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15841 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15842 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15843 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15845 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15847 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15848 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15850 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15851 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15852 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15853 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15854 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15855 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15856 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15857 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15858 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15859 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15860 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15861 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15863 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15864 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15865 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15866 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15867 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15868 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15869 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15870 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15872 show_pending_break_support
,
15873 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15874 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15876 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15878 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15879 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15880 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15881 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15882 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15883 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15884 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15886 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15887 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15888 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15890 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15891 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15892 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15893 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15894 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15895 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15896 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15897 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15898 when execution stops."),
15900 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15901 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15902 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15904 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15905 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15906 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15907 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15908 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15909 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15910 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15911 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15912 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15913 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15914 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15915 be set to \"gdb\""),
15916 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15917 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15918 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15919 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15921 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15922 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15923 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15924 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15925 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15926 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15927 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15928 or the start of the range\n\
15929 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15930 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15931 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15933 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15934 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15935 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15937 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15938 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15939 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15940 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15941 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15942 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15944 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15945 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15946 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15947 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15948 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15949 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15950 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15951 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15952 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15953 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15954 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15955 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15957 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15958 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15959 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15960 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15961 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15962 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15963 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15965 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15966 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15967 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15968 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15969 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15970 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15971 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15973 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15974 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15975 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15976 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15977 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15978 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15981 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15983 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15984 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15985 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15987 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
15989 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15990 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);